Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
/* GTK - The GIMP Toolkit
|
2000-10-04 16:39:44 +00:00
|
|
|
* Copyright (C) 2000 Red Hat, Inc.
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
|
|
|
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
|
|
|
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
|
|
|
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
|
|
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
|
|
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
|
|
|
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
|
|
|
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
|
|
|
|
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
|
|
|
|
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Modified by the GTK+ Team and others 1997-2000. See the AUTHORS
|
|
|
|
* file for a list of people on the GTK+ Team. See the ChangeLog
|
|
|
|
* files for a list of changes. These files are distributed with
|
|
|
|
* GTK+ at ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include "gtkiconfactory.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "stock-icons/gtkstockpixbufs.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "gtkstock.h"
|
2000-10-18 18:42:54 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "gtkintl.h"
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <stdlib.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <errno.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <ctype.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <string.h>
|
|
|
|
|
2001-05-25 20:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
static GSList *all_icon_factories = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-19 22:40:35 +00:00
|
|
|
struct _GtkIconSource
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* Either filename or pixbuf can be NULL. If both are non-NULL,
|
|
|
|
* the pixbuf is assumed to be the already-loaded contents of the
|
|
|
|
* file.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
gchar *filename;
|
|
|
|
GdkPixbuf *pixbuf;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GtkTextDirection direction;
|
|
|
|
GtkStateType state;
|
|
|
|
GtkIconSize size;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If TRUE, then the parameter is wildcarded, and the above
|
|
|
|
* fields should be ignored. If FALSE, the parameter is
|
|
|
|
* specified, and the above fields should be valid.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
guint any_direction : 1;
|
|
|
|
guint any_state : 1;
|
|
|
|
guint any_size : 1;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-07 21:10:44 +00:00
|
|
|
/* FIXME use a better icon for this */
|
|
|
|
#define MISSING_IMAGE_INLINE dialog_error
|
|
|
|
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
static gpointer parent_class = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void gtk_icon_factory_init (GtkIconFactory *icon_factory);
|
|
|
|
static void gtk_icon_factory_class_init (GtkIconFactoryClass *klass);
|
|
|
|
static void gtk_icon_factory_finalize (GObject *object);
|
|
|
|
static void get_default_icons (GtkIconFactory *icon_factory);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GType
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_factory_get_type (void)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
static GType object_type = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!object_type)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
static const GTypeInfo object_info =
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
sizeof (GtkIconFactoryClass),
|
|
|
|
(GBaseInitFunc) NULL,
|
|
|
|
(GBaseFinalizeFunc) NULL,
|
|
|
|
(GClassInitFunc) gtk_icon_factory_class_init,
|
|
|
|
NULL, /* class_finalize */
|
|
|
|
NULL, /* class_data */
|
|
|
|
sizeof (GtkIconFactory),
|
|
|
|
0, /* n_preallocs */
|
|
|
|
(GInstanceInitFunc) gtk_icon_factory_init,
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
object_type = g_type_register_static (G_TYPE_OBJECT,
|
|
|
|
"GtkIconFactory",
|
urg, removed implementation of gtk_marshal_VOID__INT_INT_INT_INT. if
Wed Oct 25 20:47:41 2000 Tim Janik <timj@gtk.org>
* gtk/gdk-pixbuf-loader.c (gdk_pixbuf_loader_class_init): urg, removed
implementation of gtk_marshal_VOID__INT_INT_INT_INT. if people do that,
couldn't they at least give it a non-standard name?
* gtk/gtktextlayout.c: arg! yet another implementation of
gtk_marshal_VOID__INT_INT_INT_INT(), is this a conspiracy?
* gtk/gtktextbuffer.c: gotcha! captured a vagabonding
gtk_marshal_VOID__INT_POINTER_INT() implementation, braught it back
home. now i know this _is_ a conspiracy.
* gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_class_init): marshaller fixups for
::state-changed.
* gtk/gtkaccelgroup.c (gtk_accel_group_create_remove):
(gtk_accel_group_create_add): marshaller signature fixups.
* gtk/gtklistitem.c (gtk_list_item_class_init): signal creation fixups,
pass in GTK_TYPE_SCROLL_TYPE instead of GTK_TYPE_ENUM.
* gtk/gtkobject.[hc]: removed GTK_CONNECTED flag, it's not valid
anymore.
Tue Oct 24 23:59:21 2000 Tim Janik <timj@gtk.org>
* docs/reference/Makefile.am: disabled SUBDIRS for the moment, since
due to the signal system changes, it wouldn't build currently. to
be fixed soon.
* docs/Changes-2.0.txt: GtkSignal/GSignal updates.
* gtk/gtkwidget.c: ::direction_changed takes an enum as argument,
so it needs gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM() instead of
gtk_marshal_NONE__UINT().
* gdk/gdk*.c: adapted type registration functions.
* gtk/gtkbindings.c:
* gtk/gtkaccelgroup.c: operate on GSignalQuery, GtkSignalQuery is
gone.
* gtk/gtkenums.h: define GtkSignalRunType in terms of GSignalType.
* gtk/gtkobject.c:
(gtk_object_destroy):
(gtk_object_shutdown): fixed recursion guards. basically we have to
catch the case where any of GObject.shutdown() or gtk_object_destroy()
is called during ::destroy, and avoid recursion there.
* gtk/gtktypeutils.c:
* gtk/maketypes.awk: awk-script hackup to provide gtk_type_init() with
boxed_copy/boxed_free. this needs a more general solution based on a
publically installed code-generator utility.
* gtk/gtktypeutils.[hc]: compat aliased GTK_TYPE_BOXED to G_TYPE_BOXED,
glib's gobject has support for that now.
define GtkSignalMarshaller in terms of GSignalCMarshaller.
Mon Oct 23 09:36:42 2000 Tim Janik <timj@gtk.org>
* gtk/gtksignal.[hc]:
* gtk/gtkmarshal.[hc]:
* gtk/Makefile.am: generate marshallers with glib-genmarshal and don't
compile gtkmarshal.c on its own anymore, just include it in gtksignal.c.
removed #include <gtkmarshal.h>s all over the place, gtksignal.h takes
care of that.
* *.c: marshaller name fixups.
* gtk/gtkmarshal.list: added a comment briefing the format.
Sun Oct 22 23:14:39 2000 Tim Janik <timj@gtk.org>
* gtk/gtksignal.[hc]: nuked old implementation. we mostly have
compatibility macros here now. more specifically, most of
the API is preserved (yes, _most_, nonwithstanding the
following exceptions listed, the API is stil lHUGE ;)
things that got removed completely:
GtkSignalQuery, gtk_signal_query(), gtk_signal_n_emissions(),
gtk_signal_n_emissions_by_name(), gtk_signal_handlers_destroy(),
gtk_signal_set_funcs(), gtk_signal_handler_pending_by_id(),
gtk_signal_add_emission_hook(), gtk_signal_add_emission_hook_full(),
gtk_signal_remove_emission_hook().
non-functional functions variants:
gtk_signal_add_emission_hook(), gtk_signal_remove_emission_hook().
the GtkCallbackMarshal argument to gtk_signal_connect_full() is
not supported anymore.
(gtk_signal_compat_matched): new internal function to aid
implementation of the compatibility macros, it provides
functionality to block/unblock/disconnect handlers based
on func/data.
* gtk/gtkenums.h: define GtkSignalRunType in terms of GSignalType,
* *.c: adaptions to new type registration API signatures.
Fri Oct 20 15:26:33 2000 Tim Janik <timj@gtk.org>
* gtk/gtktypeutils.[hc]: removed G_TYPE_GTK_POINTER cludge.
2000-10-25 22:34:14 +00:00
|
|
|
&object_info, 0);
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return object_type;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_factory_init (GtkIconFactory *factory)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
factory->icons = g_hash_table_new (g_str_hash, g_str_equal);
|
2001-05-25 20:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
all_icon_factories = g_slist_prepend (all_icon_factories, factory);
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_factory_class_init (GtkIconFactoryClass *klass)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
GObjectClass *object_class = G_OBJECT_CLASS (klass);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
parent_class = g_type_class_peek_parent (klass);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
object_class->finalize = gtk_icon_factory_finalize;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
free_icon_set (gpointer key, gpointer value, gpointer data)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
g_free (key);
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_set_unref (value);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_factory_finalize (GObject *object)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
GtkIconFactory *factory = GTK_ICON_FACTORY (object);
|
|
|
|
|
2001-05-25 20:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
all_icon_factories = g_slist_remove (all_icon_factories, factory);
|
|
|
|
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
g_hash_table_foreach (factory->icons, free_icon_set, NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_hash_table_destroy (factory->icons);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G_OBJECT_CLASS (parent_class)->finalize (object);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-03 01:09:41 +00:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_factory_new:
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Creates a new #GtkIconFactory. An icon factory manages a collection
|
|
|
|
* of #GtkIconSet; a #GtkIconSet manages a set of variants of a
|
|
|
|
* particular icon (i.e. a #GtkIconSet contains variants for different
|
|
|
|
* sizes and widget states). Icons in an icon factory are named by a
|
|
|
|
* stock ID, which is a simple string identifying the icon. Each
|
|
|
|
* #GtkStyle has a list of #GtkIconFactory derived from the current
|
|
|
|
* theme; those icon factories are consulted first when searching for
|
|
|
|
* an icon. If the theme doesn't set a particular icon, GTK+ looks for
|
|
|
|
* the icon in a list of default icon factories, maintained by
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_factory_add_default() and
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_factory_remove_default(). Applications with icons should
|
|
|
|
* add a default icon factory with their icons, which will allow
|
|
|
|
* themes to override the icons for the application.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Return value: a new #GtkIconFactory
|
|
|
|
**/
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
GtkIconFactory*
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_factory_new (void)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return GTK_ICON_FACTORY (g_object_new (GTK_TYPE_ICON_FACTORY, NULL));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-03 01:09:41 +00:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_factory_add:
|
|
|
|
* @factory: a #GtkIconFactory
|
|
|
|
* @stock_id: icon name
|
|
|
|
* @icon_set: icon set
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Adds the given @icon_set to the icon factory, under the name
|
|
|
|
* @stock_id. @stock_id should be namespaced for your application,
|
|
|
|
* e.g. "myapp-whatever-icon". Normally applications create a
|
|
|
|
* #GtkIconFactory, then add it to the list of default factories with
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_factory_add_default(). Then they pass the @stock_id to
|
|
|
|
* widgets such as #GtkImage to display the icon. Themes can provide
|
|
|
|
* an icon with the same name (such as "myapp-whatever-icon") to
|
|
|
|
* override your application's default icons. If an icon already
|
|
|
|
* existed in @factory for @stock_id, it is unreferenced and replaced
|
|
|
|
* with the new @icon_set.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
**/
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_factory_add (GtkIconFactory *factory,
|
|
|
|
const gchar *stock_id,
|
|
|
|
GtkIconSet *icon_set)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
gpointer old_key = NULL;
|
|
|
|
gpointer old_value = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ICON_FACTORY (factory));
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (stock_id != NULL);
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (icon_set != NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_hash_table_lookup_extended (factory->icons, stock_id,
|
|
|
|
&old_key, &old_value);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (old_value == icon_set)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_set_ref (icon_set);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* GHashTable key memory management is so fantastically broken. */
|
|
|
|
if (old_key)
|
|
|
|
g_hash_table_insert (factory->icons, old_key, icon_set);
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
g_hash_table_insert (factory->icons, g_strdup (stock_id), icon_set);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (old_value)
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_set_unref (old_value);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-03 01:09:41 +00:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_factory_lookup:
|
|
|
|
* @factory: a #GtkIconFactory
|
|
|
|
* @stock_id: an icon name
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Looks up @stock_id in the icon factory, returning an icon set
|
|
|
|
* if found, otherwise %NULL. For display to the user, you should
|
|
|
|
* use gtk_style_lookup_icon_set() on the #GtkStyle for the
|
|
|
|
* widget that will display the icon, instead of using this
|
|
|
|
* function directly, so that themes are taken into account.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Return value: icon set of @stock_id.
|
|
|
|
**/
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
GtkIconSet *
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_factory_lookup (GtkIconFactory *factory,
|
|
|
|
const gchar *stock_id)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_ICON_FACTORY (factory), NULL);
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (stock_id != NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return g_hash_table_lookup (factory->icons, stock_id);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static GtkIconFactory *gtk_default_icons = NULL;
|
|
|
|
static GSList *default_factories = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-03 01:09:41 +00:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_factory_add_default:
|
|
|
|
* @factory: a #GtkIconFactory
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Adds an icon factory to the list of icon factories searched by
|
|
|
|
* gtk_style_lookup_icon_set(). This means that, for example,
|
|
|
|
* gtk_image_new_from_stock() will be able to find icons in @factory.
|
|
|
|
* There will normally be an icon factory added for each library or
|
|
|
|
* application that comes with icons. The default icon factories
|
|
|
|
* can be overridden by themes.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
**/
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_factory_add_default (GtkIconFactory *factory)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ICON_FACTORY (factory));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (factory));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
default_factories = g_slist_prepend (default_factories, factory);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-03 01:09:41 +00:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_factory_remove_default:
|
|
|
|
* @factory: a #GtkIconFactory previously added with gtk_icon_factory_add_default()
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Removes an icon factory from the list of default icon
|
|
|
|
* factories. Not normally used; you might use it for a library that
|
|
|
|
* can be unloaded or shut down.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
**/
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_factory_remove_default (GtkIconFactory *factory)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ICON_FACTORY (factory));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
default_factories = g_slist_remove (default_factories, factory);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (factory));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-05-25 22:08:53 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
ensure_default_icons (void)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (gtk_default_icons == NULL)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
gtk_default_icons = gtk_icon_factory_new ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
get_default_icons (gtk_default_icons);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-03 01:09:41 +00:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_factory_lookup_default:
|
|
|
|
* @stock_id: an icon name
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Looks for an icon in the list of default icon factories. For
|
|
|
|
* display to the user, you should use gtk_style_lookup_icon_set() on
|
|
|
|
* the #GtkStyle for the widget that will display the icon, instead of
|
|
|
|
* using this function directly, so that themes are taken into
|
|
|
|
* account.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Return value: a #GtkIconSet, or %NULL
|
|
|
|
**/
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
GtkIconSet *
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_factory_lookup_default (const gchar *stock_id)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
GSList *tmp_list;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (stock_id != NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tmp_list = default_factories;
|
|
|
|
while (tmp_list != NULL)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
GtkIconSet *icon_set =
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_factory_lookup (GTK_ICON_FACTORY (tmp_list->data),
|
|
|
|
stock_id);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (icon_set)
|
|
|
|
return icon_set;
|
2001-06-04 23:15:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
tmp_list = g_slist_next (tmp_list);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-05-25 22:08:53 +00:00
|
|
|
ensure_default_icons ();
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return gtk_icon_factory_lookup (gtk_default_icons, stock_id);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static GtkIconSet *
|
|
|
|
sized_icon_set_from_inline (const guchar *inline_data,
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
GtkIconSize size)
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
GtkIconSet *set;
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
GtkIconSource source = { NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0,
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
TRUE, TRUE, FALSE };
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
source.size = size;
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
set = gtk_icon_set_new ();
|
|
|
|
|
2000-10-18 18:42:54 +00:00
|
|
|
source.pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_inline (inline_data, FALSE, -1, NULL);
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_assert (source.pixbuf);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_set_add_source (set, &source);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (source.pixbuf));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return set;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-05-25 20:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static GtkIconSet *
|
|
|
|
sized_with_fallback_icon_set_from_inline (const guchar *fallback_data,
|
|
|
|
const guchar *inline_data,
|
|
|
|
GtkIconSize size)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
GtkIconSet *set;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GtkIconSource source = { NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0,
|
|
|
|
TRUE, TRUE, FALSE };
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
source.size = size;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
set = gtk_icon_set_new ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
source.pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_inline (inline_data, FALSE, -1, NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_assert (source.pixbuf);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_set_add_source (set, &source);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (source.pixbuf));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
source.any_size = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
source.pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_inline (fallback_data, FALSE, -1, NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_assert (source.pixbuf);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_set_add_source (set, &source);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (source.pixbuf));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return set;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
static GtkIconSet *
|
|
|
|
unsized_icon_set_from_inline (const guchar *inline_data)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
GtkIconSet *set;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* This icon can be used for any direction/state/size */
|
|
|
|
GtkIconSource source = { NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0,
|
|
|
|
TRUE, TRUE, TRUE };
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
set = gtk_icon_set_new ();
|
|
|
|
|
2000-10-18 18:42:54 +00:00
|
|
|
source.pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_inline (inline_data, FALSE, -1, NULL);
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_assert (source.pixbuf);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_set_add_source (set, &source);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (source.pixbuf));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return set;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
add_sized (GtkIconFactory *factory,
|
|
|
|
const guchar *inline_data,
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
GtkIconSize size,
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
const gchar *stock_id)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
GtkIconSet *set;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
set = sized_icon_set_from_inline (inline_data, size);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_factory_add (factory, stock_id, set);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_set_unref (set);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-05-25 20:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
add_sized_with_fallback (GtkIconFactory *factory,
|
|
|
|
const guchar *fallback_data,
|
|
|
|
const guchar *inline_data,
|
|
|
|
GtkIconSize size,
|
|
|
|
const gchar *stock_id)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
GtkIconSet *set;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
set = sized_with_fallback_icon_set_from_inline (fallback_data, inline_data, size);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_factory_add (factory, stock_id, set);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_set_unref (set);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (GtkIconFactory *factory,
|
|
|
|
const guchar *inline_data,
|
|
|
|
const gchar *stock_id)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
GtkIconSet *set;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
set = unsized_icon_set_from_inline (inline_data);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_factory_add (factory, stock_id, set);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_set_unref (set);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
get_default_icons (GtkIconFactory *factory)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* KEEP IN SYNC with gtkstock.c */
|
|
|
|
|
2001-05-25 20:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, MISSING_IMAGE_INLINE, GTK_STOCK_MISSING_IMAGE);
|
|
|
|
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
add_sized (factory, dialog_error, GTK_ICON_SIZE_DIALOG, GTK_STOCK_DIALOG_ERROR);
|
|
|
|
add_sized (factory, dialog_info, GTK_ICON_SIZE_DIALOG, GTK_STOCK_DIALOG_INFO);
|
|
|
|
add_sized (factory, dialog_question, GTK_ICON_SIZE_DIALOG, GTK_STOCK_DIALOG_QUESTION);
|
|
|
|
add_sized (factory, dialog_warning, GTK_ICON_SIZE_DIALOG, GTK_STOCK_DIALOG_WARNING);
|
2001-05-25 20:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Only have button sizes */
|
|
|
|
add_sized (factory, stock_button_apply, GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON, GTK_STOCK_APPLY);
|
|
|
|
add_sized (factory, stock_button_cancel, GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON, GTK_STOCK_CANCEL);
|
|
|
|
add_sized (factory, stock_button_no, GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON, GTK_STOCK_NO);
|
|
|
|
add_sized (factory, stock_button_ok, GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON, GTK_STOCK_OK);
|
|
|
|
add_sized (factory, stock_button_yes, GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON, GTK_STOCK_YES);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Generic + button sizes */
|
|
|
|
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
|
|
|
|
stock_close,
|
|
|
|
stock_button_close,
|
|
|
|
GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON,
|
|
|
|
GTK_STOCK_CLOSE);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Generic + menu sizes */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
|
|
|
|
stock_print_preview,
|
|
|
|
stock_menu_print_preview,
|
|
|
|
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
|
|
|
|
GTK_STOCK_PRINT_PREVIEW);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
|
|
|
|
stock_sort_descending,
|
|
|
|
stock_menu_sort_descending,
|
|
|
|
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
|
|
|
|
GTK_STOCK_SORT_DESCENDING);
|
|
|
|
|
2001-05-27 21:43:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
add_sized_with_fallback (factory,
|
|
|
|
stock_sort_ascending,
|
|
|
|
stock_menu_sort_ascending,
|
|
|
|
GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
|
|
|
|
GTK_STOCK_SORT_ASCENDING);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Generic size only */
|
2001-05-25 20:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_add, GTK_STOCK_ADD);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_align_center, GTK_STOCK_JUSTIFY_CENTER);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_align_justify, GTK_STOCK_JUSTIFY_FILL);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_align_left, GTK_STOCK_JUSTIFY_LEFT);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_align_right, GTK_STOCK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_bottom, GTK_STOCK_GOTO_BOTTOM);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_cdrom, GTK_STOCK_CDROM);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_clear, GTK_STOCK_CLEAR);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_colorselector, GTK_STOCK_SELECT_COLOR);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_convert, GTK_STOCK_CONVERT);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_copy, GTK_STOCK_COPY);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_cut, GTK_STOCK_CUT);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_down_arrow, GTK_STOCK_GO_DOWN);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_exec, GTK_STOCK_EXECUTE);
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_exit, GTK_STOCK_QUIT);
|
2001-05-25 20:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_first, GTK_STOCK_GOTO_FIRST);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_font, GTK_STOCK_SELECT_FONT);
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_help, GTK_STOCK_HELP);
|
2001-05-25 20:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_home, GTK_STOCK_HOME);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_index, GTK_STOCK_INDEX);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_jump_to, GTK_STOCK_JUMP_TO);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_last, GTK_STOCK_GOTO_LAST);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_left_arrow, GTK_STOCK_GO_BACK);
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_new, GTK_STOCK_NEW);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_open, GTK_STOCK_OPEN);
|
2001-05-25 20:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_paste, GTK_STOCK_PASTE);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_preferences, GTK_STOCK_PREFERENCES);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_print, GTK_STOCK_PRINT);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_properties, GTK_STOCK_PROPERTIES);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_redo, GTK_STOCK_REDO);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_refresh, GTK_STOCK_REFRESH);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_remove, GTK_STOCK_REMOVE);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_revert, GTK_STOCK_REVERT_TO_SAVED);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_right_arrow, GTK_STOCK_GO_FORWARD);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_save, GTK_STOCK_FLOPPY);
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_save, GTK_STOCK_SAVE);
|
2001-05-25 20:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_save_as, GTK_STOCK_SAVE_AS);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_search, GTK_STOCK_FIND);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_search_replace, GTK_STOCK_FIND_AND_REPLACE);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_spellcheck, GTK_STOCK_SPELL_CHECK);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_stop, GTK_STOCK_STOP);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_text_bold, GTK_STOCK_BOLD);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_text_italic, GTK_STOCK_ITALIC);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_text_strikeout, GTK_STOCK_STRIKETHROUGH);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_text_underline, GTK_STOCK_UNDERLINE);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_top, GTK_STOCK_GOTO_TOP);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_trash, GTK_STOCK_DELETE);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_undelete, GTK_STOCK_UNDELETE);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_undo, GTK_STOCK_UNDO);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_up_arrow, GTK_STOCK_GO_UP);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_zoom_1, GTK_STOCK_ZOOM_100);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_zoom_fit, GTK_STOCK_ZOOM_FIT);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_zoom_in, GTK_STOCK_ZOOM_IN);
|
|
|
|
add_unsized (factory, stock_zoom_out, GTK_STOCK_ZOOM_OUT);
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Sizes */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
typedef struct _IconSize IconSize;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct _IconSize
|
|
|
|
{
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
gint size;
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
gchar *name;
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
gint width;
|
|
|
|
gint height;
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
typedef struct _IconAlias IconAlias;
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
struct _IconAlias
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
gchar *name;
|
|
|
|
gint target;
|
|
|
|
};
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
static GHashTable *icon_aliases = NULL;
|
|
|
|
static IconSize *icon_sizes = NULL;
|
|
|
|
static gint icon_sizes_allocated = 0;
|
|
|
|
static gint icon_sizes_used = 0;
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
init_icon_sizes (void)
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (icon_sizes == NULL)
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
#define NUM_BUILTIN_SIZES 6
|
|
|
|
gint i;
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
icon_aliases = g_hash_table_new (g_str_hash, g_str_equal);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
icon_sizes = g_new (IconSize, NUM_BUILTIN_SIZES);
|
|
|
|
icon_sizes_allocated = NUM_BUILTIN_SIZES;
|
|
|
|
icon_sizes_used = NUM_BUILTIN_SIZES;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID].size = 0;
|
|
|
|
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID].name = NULL;
|
|
|
|
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID].width = 0;
|
|
|
|
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID].height = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* the name strings aren't copied since we don't ever remove
|
|
|
|
* icon sizes, so we don't need to know whether they're static.
|
|
|
|
* Even if we did I suppose removing the builtin sizes would be
|
|
|
|
* disallowed.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU].size = GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU;
|
|
|
|
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU].name = "gtk-menu";
|
|
|
|
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU].width = 16;
|
|
|
|
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU].height = 16;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON].size = GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON;
|
|
|
|
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON].name = "gtk-button";
|
|
|
|
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON].width = 24;
|
|
|
|
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON].height = 24;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_SMALL_TOOLBAR].size = GTK_ICON_SIZE_SMALL_TOOLBAR;
|
|
|
|
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_SMALL_TOOLBAR].name = "gtk-small-toolbar";
|
|
|
|
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_SMALL_TOOLBAR].width = 18;
|
|
|
|
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_SMALL_TOOLBAR].height = 18;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_LARGE_TOOLBAR].size = GTK_ICON_SIZE_LARGE_TOOLBAR;
|
|
|
|
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_LARGE_TOOLBAR].name = "gtk-large-toolbar";
|
|
|
|
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_LARGE_TOOLBAR].width = 24;
|
|
|
|
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_LARGE_TOOLBAR].height = 24;
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_DIALOG].size = GTK_ICON_SIZE_DIALOG;
|
|
|
|
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_DIALOG].name = "gtk-dialog";
|
|
|
|
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_DIALOG].width = 48;
|
|
|
|
icon_sizes[GTK_ICON_SIZE_DIALOG].height = 48;
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
g_assert ((GTK_ICON_SIZE_DIALOG + 1) == NUM_BUILTIN_SIZES);
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Alias everything to itself. */
|
|
|
|
i = 1; /* skip invalid size */
|
|
|
|
while (i < NUM_BUILTIN_SIZES)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_size_register_alias (icon_sizes[i].name, icon_sizes[i].size);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
++i;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#undef NUM_BUILTIN_SIZES
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-03 01:09:41 +00:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_size_lookup:
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
* @size: an icon size
|
2001-02-03 01:09:41 +00:00
|
|
|
* @width: location to store icon width
|
|
|
|
* @height: location to store icon height
|
|
|
|
*
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
* Obtains the pixel size of a semantic icon size, normally @size would be
|
2001-02-03 01:09:41 +00:00
|
|
|
* #GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU, #GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON, etc. This function
|
|
|
|
* isn't normally needed, gtk_widget_render_icon() is the usual
|
|
|
|
* way to get an icon for rendering, then just look at the size of
|
|
|
|
* the rendered pixbuf. The rendered pixbuf may not even correspond to
|
|
|
|
* the width/height returned by gtk_icon_size_lookup(), because themes
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
* are free to render the pixbuf however they like, including changing
|
|
|
|
* the usual size.
|
2001-02-03 01:09:41 +00:00
|
|
|
*
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
* Return value: %TRUE if @size was a valid size
|
2001-02-03 01:09:41 +00:00
|
|
|
**/
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
gboolean
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
gtk_icon_size_lookup (GtkIconSize size,
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
gint *widthp,
|
|
|
|
gint *heightp)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
init_icon_sizes ();
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (size >= icon_sizes_used)
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (size == GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID)
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
if (widthp)
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
*widthp = icon_sizes[size].width;
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (heightp)
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
*heightp = icon_sizes[size].height;
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-03 01:09:41 +00:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_size_register:
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
* @name: name of the icon size
|
2001-02-03 01:09:41 +00:00
|
|
|
* @width: the icon width
|
|
|
|
* @height: the icon height
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Registers a new icon size, along the same lines as #GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU,
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
* etc. Returns the integer value for the size.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Returns: integer value representing the size
|
2001-02-03 01:09:41 +00:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
**/
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
GtkIconSize
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_size_register (const gchar *name,
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
gint width,
|
|
|
|
gint height)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (name != NULL, 0);
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (width > 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (height > 0, 0);
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
init_icon_sizes ();
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (icon_sizes_used == icon_sizes_allocated)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
icon_sizes_allocated *= 2;
|
|
|
|
icon_sizes = g_renew (IconSize, icon_sizes, icon_sizes_allocated);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
icon_sizes[icon_sizes_used].size = icon_sizes_used;
|
|
|
|
icon_sizes[icon_sizes_used].name = g_strdup (name);
|
|
|
|
icon_sizes[icon_sizes_used].width = width;
|
|
|
|
icon_sizes[icon_sizes_used].height = height;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* alias to self. */
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_size_register_alias (icon_sizes[icon_sizes_used].name,
|
|
|
|
icon_sizes[icon_sizes_used].size);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
++icon_sizes_used;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return icon_sizes_used - 1;
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-03 01:09:41 +00:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_size_register_alias:
|
|
|
|
* @alias: an alias for @target
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
* @target: an existing icon size
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Registers @alias as another name for @target.
|
|
|
|
* So calling gtk_icon_size_from_name() with @alias as argument
|
|
|
|
* will return @target.
|
2001-02-03 01:09:41 +00:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
**/
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_size_register_alias (const gchar *alias,
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
GtkIconSize target)
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
IconAlias *ia;
|
|
|
|
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (alias != NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
init_icon_sizes ();
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (g_hash_table_lookup (icon_aliases, alias))
|
|
|
|
g_warning ("gtk_icon_size_register_alias: Icon size name '%s' already exists", alias);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!gtk_icon_size_lookup (target, NULL, NULL))
|
|
|
|
g_warning ("gtk_icon_size_register_alias: Icon size %d does not exist", target);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ia = g_new (IconAlias, 1);
|
|
|
|
ia->name = g_strdup (alias);
|
|
|
|
ia->target = target;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_hash_table_insert (icon_aliases, ia->name, ia);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GtkIconSize
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_size_from_name (const gchar *name)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
IconAlias *ia;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
init_icon_sizes ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ia = g_hash_table_lookup (icon_aliases, name);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ia)
|
|
|
|
return ia->target;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
return GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G_CONST_RETURN gchar*
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_size_get_name (GtkIconSize size)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (size >= icon_sizes_used)
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
return icon_sizes[size].name;
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Icon Set */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Clear icon set contents, drop references to all contained
|
|
|
|
* GdkPixbuf objects and forget all GtkIconSources. Used to
|
|
|
|
* recycle an icon set.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static GdkPixbuf *find_in_cache (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
|
|
|
|
GtkStyle *style,
|
|
|
|
GtkTextDirection direction,
|
|
|
|
GtkStateType state,
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
GtkIconSize size);
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
static void add_to_cache (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
|
|
|
|
GtkStyle *style,
|
|
|
|
GtkTextDirection direction,
|
|
|
|
GtkStateType state,
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
GtkIconSize size,
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
GdkPixbuf *pixbuf);
|
|
|
|
static void clear_cache (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
|
|
|
|
gboolean style_detach);
|
|
|
|
static GSList* copy_cache (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
|
|
|
|
GtkIconSet *copy_recipient);
|
|
|
|
static void attach_to_style (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
|
|
|
|
GtkStyle *style);
|
|
|
|
static void detach_from_style (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
|
|
|
|
GtkStyle *style);
|
|
|
|
static void style_dnotify (gpointer data);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct _GtkIconSet
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
guint ref_count;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GSList *sources;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Cache of the last few rendered versions of the icon. */
|
|
|
|
GSList *cache;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
guint cache_size;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
guint cache_serial;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static guint cache_serial = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-03 01:09:41 +00:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_set_new:
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Creates a new #GtkIconSet. A #GtkIconSet represents a single icon
|
|
|
|
* in various sizes and widget states. It can provide a #GdkPixbuf
|
|
|
|
* for a given size and state on request, and automatically caches
|
|
|
|
* some of the rendered #GdkPixbuf objects.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Normally you would use gtk_widget_render_icon() instead of
|
|
|
|
* using #GtkIconSet directly. The one case where you'd use
|
|
|
|
* #GtkIconSet is to create application-specific icon sets to place in
|
|
|
|
* a #GtkIconFactory.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Return value: a new #GtkIconSet
|
|
|
|
**/
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
GtkIconSet*
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_set_new (void)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
GtkIconSet *icon_set;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
icon_set = g_new (GtkIconSet, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
icon_set->ref_count = 1;
|
|
|
|
icon_set->sources = NULL;
|
|
|
|
icon_set->cache = NULL;
|
|
|
|
icon_set->cache_size = 0;
|
|
|
|
icon_set->cache_serial = cache_serial;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return icon_set;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-20 19:07:15 +00:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_set_new_from_pixbuf:
|
|
|
|
* @pixbuf: a #GdkPixbuf
|
|
|
|
*
|
2001-03-19 22:40:35 +00:00
|
|
|
* Creates a new #GtkIconSet with @pixbuf as the default/fallback
|
|
|
|
* source image. If you don't add any additional #GtkIconSource to the
|
|
|
|
* icon set, all variants of the icon will be created from @pixbuf,
|
|
|
|
* using scaling, pixelation, etc. as required to adjust the icon size
|
|
|
|
* or make the icon look insensitive/prelighted.
|
2001-02-20 19:07:15 +00:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Return value: a new #GtkIconSet
|
|
|
|
**/
|
|
|
|
GtkIconSet *
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_set_new_from_pixbuf (GdkPixbuf *pixbuf)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
GtkIconSet *set;
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
GtkIconSource source = { NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0,
|
2001-02-20 19:07:15 +00:00
|
|
|
TRUE, TRUE, TRUE };
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (pixbuf != NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
set = gtk_icon_set_new ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
source.pixbuf = pixbuf;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_set_add_source (set, &source);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return set;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-03 01:09:41 +00:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_set_ref:
|
|
|
|
* @icon_set: a #GtkIconSet
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Increments the reference count on @icon_set
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Return value: @icon_set is returned
|
|
|
|
**/
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
GtkIconSet*
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_set_ref (GtkIconSet *icon_set)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (icon_set != NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (icon_set->ref_count > 0, NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
icon_set->ref_count += 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return icon_set;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-03 01:09:41 +00:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_set_unref:
|
|
|
|
* @icon_set: a #GtkIconSet
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Decrements the reference count on @icon_set, and frees memory
|
|
|
|
* if the reference count reaches 0.
|
|
|
|
**/
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_set_unref (GtkIconSet *icon_set)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (icon_set != NULL);
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (icon_set->ref_count > 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
icon_set->ref_count -= 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (icon_set->ref_count == 0)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
GSList *tmp_list = icon_set->sources;
|
|
|
|
while (tmp_list != NULL)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_source_free (tmp_list->data);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tmp_list = g_slist_next (tmp_list);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
clear_cache (icon_set, TRUE);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_free (icon_set);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-03 01:09:41 +00:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_set_copy:
|
|
|
|
* @icon_set: a #GtkIconSet
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Copies @icon_set by value.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Return value: a new #GtkIconSet identical to the first.
|
|
|
|
**/
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
GtkIconSet*
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_set_copy (GtkIconSet *icon_set)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
GtkIconSet *copy;
|
|
|
|
GSList *tmp_list;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
copy = gtk_icon_set_new ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tmp_list = icon_set->sources;
|
|
|
|
while (tmp_list != NULL)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
copy->sources = g_slist_prepend (copy->sources,
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_source_copy (tmp_list->data));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tmp_list = g_slist_next (tmp_list);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
copy->sources = g_slist_reverse (copy->sources);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
copy->cache = copy_cache (icon_set, copy);
|
|
|
|
copy->cache_size = icon_set->cache_size;
|
|
|
|
copy->cache_serial = icon_set->cache_serial;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return copy;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static gboolean
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
sizes_equivalent (GtkIconSize lhs,
|
|
|
|
GtkIconSize rhs)
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
gint r_w, r_h, l_w, l_h;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_size_lookup (rhs, &r_w, &r_h);
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_size_lookup (lhs, &l_w, &l_h);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return r_w == l_w && r_h == l_h;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static GtkIconSource*
|
|
|
|
find_and_prep_icon_source (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
|
|
|
|
GtkTextDirection direction,
|
|
|
|
GtkStateType state,
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
GtkIconSize size)
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
GtkIconSource *source;
|
|
|
|
GSList *tmp_list;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* We need to find the best icon source. Direction matters more
|
|
|
|
* than state, state matters more than size. icon_set->sources
|
|
|
|
* is sorted according to wildness, so if we take the first
|
|
|
|
* match we find it will be the least-wild match (if there are
|
|
|
|
* multiple matches for a given "wildness" then the RC file contained
|
|
|
|
* dumb stuff, and we end up with an arbitrary matching source)
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
source = NULL;
|
|
|
|
tmp_list = icon_set->sources;
|
|
|
|
while (tmp_list != NULL)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
GtkIconSource *s = tmp_list->data;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((s->any_direction || (s->direction == direction)) &&
|
|
|
|
(s->any_state || (s->state == state)) &&
|
|
|
|
(s->any_size || (sizes_equivalent (size, s->size))))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
source = s;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tmp_list = g_slist_next (tmp_list);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (source == NULL)
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (source->pixbuf == NULL)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2000-10-18 18:42:54 +00:00
|
|
|
GError *error;
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
gchar *full;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_assert (source->filename);
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-19 22:40:35 +00:00
|
|
|
if (g_path_is_absolute (source->filename))
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
full = g_strdup (source->filename);
|
2001-03-19 22:40:35 +00:00
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
full = gtk_rc_find_pixmap_in_path (NULL, source->filename);
|
2000-10-18 18:42:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
error = NULL;
|
|
|
|
source->pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file (full, &error);
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_free (full);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (source->pixbuf == NULL)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* Remove this icon source so we don't keep trying to
|
|
|
|
* load it.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2000-10-18 18:42:54 +00:00
|
|
|
g_warning (_("Error loading icon: %s"), error->message);
|
|
|
|
g_error_free (error);
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
icon_set->sources = g_slist_remove (icon_set->sources, source);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_source_free (source);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Try to fall back to other sources */
|
|
|
|
if (icon_set->sources != NULL)
|
|
|
|
return find_and_prep_icon_source (icon_set,
|
|
|
|
direction,
|
|
|
|
state,
|
|
|
|
size);
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return source;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-07 21:10:44 +00:00
|
|
|
static GdkPixbuf*
|
2001-05-25 20:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
render_fallback_image (GtkStyle *style,
|
|
|
|
GtkTextDirection direction,
|
|
|
|
GtkStateType state,
|
|
|
|
GtkIconSize size,
|
|
|
|
GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
|
|
const char *detail)
|
2001-03-07 21:10:44 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* This icon can be used for any direction/state/size */
|
2001-05-25 20:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
static GtkIconSource fallback_source = { NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, TRUE, TRUE, TRUE };
|
2001-03-07 21:10:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-05-25 20:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
if (fallback_source.pixbuf == NULL)
|
|
|
|
fallback_source.pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_inline (MISSING_IMAGE_INLINE, FALSE, -1, NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return gtk_style_render_icon (style,
|
|
|
|
&fallback_source,
|
|
|
|
direction,
|
|
|
|
state,
|
|
|
|
size,
|
|
|
|
widget,
|
|
|
|
detail);
|
2001-03-07 21:10:44 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-03 01:09:41 +00:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_set_render_icon:
|
|
|
|
* @icon_set: a #GtkIconSet
|
|
|
|
* @style: a #GtkStyle associated with @widget, or %NULL
|
|
|
|
* @direction: text direction
|
|
|
|
* @state: widget state
|
|
|
|
* @size: icon size
|
|
|
|
* @widget: widget that will display the icon, or %NULL
|
|
|
|
* @detail: detail to pass to the theme engine, or %NULL
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Renders an icon using gtk_style_render_icon(). In most cases,
|
2001-03-19 22:40:35 +00:00
|
|
|
* gtk_widget_render_icon() is better, since it automatically provides
|
|
|
|
* most of the arguments from the current widget settings. This
|
|
|
|
* function never returns %NULL; if the icon can't be rendered
|
|
|
|
* (perhaps because an image file fails to load), a default "missing
|
|
|
|
* image" icon will be returned instead.
|
2001-02-03 01:09:41 +00:00
|
|
|
*
|
2001-03-19 22:40:35 +00:00
|
|
|
* Return value: a #GdkPixbuf to be displayed
|
2001-02-03 01:09:41 +00:00
|
|
|
**/
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
GdkPixbuf*
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_set_render_icon (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
|
|
|
|
GtkStyle *style,
|
|
|
|
GtkTextDirection direction,
|
|
|
|
GtkStateType state,
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
GtkIconSize size,
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
GtkWidget *widget,
|
|
|
|
const char *detail)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
GdkPixbuf *icon;
|
|
|
|
GtkIconSource *source;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (icon_set != NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_STYLE (style), NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (icon_set->sources == NULL)
|
2001-05-25 20:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
return render_fallback_image (style, direction, state, size, widget, detail);
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
icon = find_in_cache (icon_set, style, direction,
|
|
|
|
state, size);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (icon)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (icon));
|
|
|
|
return icon;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
source = find_and_prep_icon_source (icon_set, direction, state, size);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (source == NULL)
|
2001-05-25 20:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
return render_fallback_image (style, direction, state, size, widget, detail);
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_assert (source->pixbuf != NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
icon = gtk_style_render_icon (style,
|
|
|
|
source,
|
|
|
|
direction,
|
|
|
|
state,
|
|
|
|
size,
|
|
|
|
widget,
|
|
|
|
detail);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (icon == NULL)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
g_warning ("Theme engine failed to render icon");
|
2001-05-25 20:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
add_to_cache (icon_set, style, direction, state, size, icon);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return icon;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Order sources by their "wildness", so that "wilder" sources are
|
|
|
|
* greater than "specific" sources; for determining ordering,
|
|
|
|
* direction beats state beats size.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
icon_source_compare (gconstpointer ap, gconstpointer bp)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const GtkIconSource *a = ap;
|
|
|
|
const GtkIconSource *b = bp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!a->any_direction && b->any_direction)
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
else if (a->any_direction && !b->any_direction)
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
else if (!a->any_state && b->any_state)
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
else if (a->any_state && !b->any_state)
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
else if (!a->any_size && b->any_size)
|
|
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
else if (a->any_size && !b->any_size)
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-03 01:09:41 +00:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_set_add_source:
|
|
|
|
* @icon_set: a #GtkIconSet
|
|
|
|
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Icon sets have a list of #GtkIconSource, which they use as base
|
|
|
|
* icons for rendering icons in different states and sizes. Icons are
|
|
|
|
* scaled, made to look insensitive, etc. in
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_set_render_icon(), but #GtkIconSet needs base images to
|
|
|
|
* work with. The base images and when to use them are described by
|
2001-03-19 22:40:35 +00:00
|
|
|
* a #GtkIconSource.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* This function copies @source, so you can reuse the same source immediately
|
|
|
|
* without affecting the icon set.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* An example of when you'd use this function: a web browser's "Back
|
|
|
|
* to Previous Page" icon might point in a different direction in
|
|
|
|
* Hebrew and in English; it might look different when insensitive;
|
|
|
|
* and it might change size depending on toolbar mode (small/large
|
|
|
|
* icons). So a single icon set would contain all those variants of
|
|
|
|
* the icon, and you might add a separate source for each one.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* You should nearly always add a "default" icon source with all
|
|
|
|
* fields wildcarded, which will be used as a fallback if no more
|
|
|
|
* specific source matches. #GtkIconSet always prefers more specific
|
|
|
|
* icon sources to more generic icon sources. The order in which you
|
|
|
|
* add the sources to the icon set does not matter.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_set_new_from_pixbuf() creates a new icon set with a
|
|
|
|
* default icon source based on the given pixbuf.
|
2001-02-03 01:09:41 +00:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
**/
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_set_add_source (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
|
|
|
|
const GtkIconSource *source)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (icon_set != NULL);
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (source != NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (source->pixbuf == NULL &&
|
|
|
|
source->filename == NULL)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
g_warning ("Useless GtkIconSource contains NULL filename and pixbuf");
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
icon_set->sources = g_slist_insert_sorted (icon_set->sources,
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_source_copy (source),
|
|
|
|
icon_source_compare);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-05-25 20:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_set_get_sizes:
|
|
|
|
* @icon_set: a #GtkIconSet
|
|
|
|
* @sizes: return location for array of sizes
|
|
|
|
* @n_sizes: location to store number of elements in returned array
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Obtains a list of icon sizes this icon set can render. The returned
|
|
|
|
* array must be freed with g_free().
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
**/
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_set_get_sizes (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
|
|
|
|
GtkIconSize **sizes,
|
|
|
|
gint *n_sizes)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
GSList *tmp_list;
|
|
|
|
gboolean all_sizes = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
GSList *specifics = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (icon_set != NULL);
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (sizes != NULL);
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (n_sizes != NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tmp_list = icon_set->sources;
|
|
|
|
while (tmp_list != NULL)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
GtkIconSource *source;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
source = tmp_list->data;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (source->any_size)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
all_sizes = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
specifics = g_slist_prepend (specifics, GINT_TO_POINTER (source->size));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tmp_list = g_slist_next (tmp_list);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (all_sizes)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* Need to find out what sizes exist */
|
|
|
|
gint i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
init_icon_sizes ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*sizes = g_new (GtkIconSize, icon_sizes_used);
|
|
|
|
*n_sizes = icon_sizes_used;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i = 0;
|
|
|
|
while (i < icon_sizes_used)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
(*sizes)[i] = icon_sizes[i].size;
|
|
|
|
++i;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
gint i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*n_sizes = g_slist_length (specifics);
|
|
|
|
*sizes = g_new (GtkIconSize, *n_sizes);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i = 0;
|
|
|
|
tmp_list = specifics;
|
|
|
|
while (tmp_list != NULL)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
(*sizes)[i] = GPOINTER_TO_INT (tmp_list->data);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
++i;
|
|
|
|
tmp_list = g_slist_next (tmp_list);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_slist_free (specifics);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-19 22:40:35 +00:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_source_new:
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Creates a new #GtkIconSource. A #GtkIconSource contains a #GdkPixbuf (or
|
|
|
|
* image filename) that serves as the base image for one or more of the
|
|
|
|
* icons in a #GtkIconSet, along with a specification for which icons in the
|
|
|
|
* icon set will be based on that pixbuf or image file. An icon set contains
|
|
|
|
* a set of icons that represent "the same" logical concept in different states,
|
|
|
|
* different global text directions, and different sizes.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* So for example a web browser's "Back to Previous Page" icon might
|
|
|
|
* point in a different direction in Hebrew and in English; it might
|
|
|
|
* look different when insensitive; and it might change size depending
|
|
|
|
* on toolbar mode (small/large icons). So a single icon set would
|
|
|
|
* contain all those variants of the icon. #GtkIconSet contains a list
|
|
|
|
* of #GtkIconSource from which it can derive specific icon variants in
|
|
|
|
* the set.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* In the simplest case, #GtkIconSet contains one source pixbuf from
|
|
|
|
* which it derives all variants. The convenience function
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_set_new_from_pixbuf() handles this case; if you only have
|
|
|
|
* one source pixbuf, just use that function.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* If you want to use a different base pixbuf for different icon
|
|
|
|
* variants, you create multiple icon sources, mark which variants
|
|
|
|
* they'll be used to create, and add them to the icon set with
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_set_add_source().
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* By default, the icon source has all parameters wildcarded. That is,
|
|
|
|
* the icon source will be used as the base icon for any desired text
|
|
|
|
* direction, widget state, or icon size.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Return value: a new #GtkIconSource
|
|
|
|
**/
|
|
|
|
GtkIconSource*
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_source_new (void)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
GtkIconSource *src;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
src = g_new0 (GtkIconSource, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
src->direction = GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE;
|
|
|
|
src->size = GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID;
|
|
|
|
src->state = GTK_STATE_NORMAL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
src->any_direction = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
src->any_state = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
src->any_size = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return src;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-03 01:09:41 +00:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_source_copy:
|
|
|
|
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Creates a copy of @source; mostly useful for language bindings.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Return value: a new #GtkIconSource
|
|
|
|
**/
|
|
|
|
GtkIconSource*
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
gtk_icon_source_copy (const GtkIconSource *source)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
GtkIconSource *copy;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (source != NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
copy = g_new (GtkIconSource, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*copy = *source;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
copy->filename = g_strdup (source->filename);
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
copy->size = source->size;
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
if (copy->pixbuf)
|
|
|
|
g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (copy->pixbuf));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return copy;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-03 01:09:41 +00:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_source_free:
|
|
|
|
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Frees a dynamically-allocated icon source, along with its
|
|
|
|
* filename, size, and pixbuf fields if those are not %NULL.
|
|
|
|
**/
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_source_free (GtkIconSource *source)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (source != NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_free ((char*) source->filename);
|
|
|
|
if (source->pixbuf)
|
|
|
|
g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (source->pixbuf));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_free (source);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-19 22:40:35 +00:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_source_set_filename:
|
|
|
|
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
|
|
|
|
* @filename: image file to use
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Sets the name of an image file to use as a base image when creating icon
|
|
|
|
* variants for #GtkIconSet. If the filename is absolute, GTK+ will
|
|
|
|
* attempt to open the exact file given. If the filename is relative,
|
|
|
|
* GTK+ will search for it in the "pixmap path" which can be configured
|
|
|
|
* by users in their gtkrc files or specified as part of a theme's gtkrc
|
|
|
|
* file. See #GtkRcStyle for information on gtkrc files.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
**/
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_source_set_filename (GtkIconSource *source,
|
|
|
|
const gchar *filename)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (source != NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (source->filename == filename)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (source->filename)
|
|
|
|
g_free (source->filename);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
source->filename = g_strdup (filename);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_source_set_pixbuf:
|
|
|
|
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
|
|
|
|
* @pixbuf: pixbuf to use as a source
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Sets a pixbuf to use as a base image when creating icon variants
|
|
|
|
* for #GtkIconSet. If an icon source has both a filename and a pixbuf
|
|
|
|
* set, the pixbuf will take priority.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
**/
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_source_set_pixbuf (GtkIconSource *source,
|
|
|
|
GdkPixbuf *pixbuf)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (source != NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (pixbuf)
|
|
|
|
g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (pixbuf));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (source->pixbuf)
|
|
|
|
g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (source->pixbuf));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
source->pixbuf = pixbuf;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_source_get_filename:
|
|
|
|
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Retrieves the source filename, or %NULL if none is set. The
|
|
|
|
* filename is not a copy, and should not be modified or expected to
|
|
|
|
* persist beyond the lifetime of the icon source.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Return value: image filename
|
|
|
|
**/
|
|
|
|
G_CONST_RETURN gchar*
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_source_get_filename (const GtkIconSource *source)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (source != NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return source->filename;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_source_get_pixbuf:
|
|
|
|
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Retrieves the source pixbuf, or %NULL if none is set.
|
|
|
|
* The reference count on the pixbuf is not incremented.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Return value: source pixbuf
|
|
|
|
**/
|
|
|
|
GdkPixbuf*
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_source_get_pixbuf (const GtkIconSource *source)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (source != NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return source->pixbuf;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_source_set_direction_wildcarded:
|
|
|
|
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
|
|
|
|
* @setting: %TRUE to wildcard the text direction
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* If the text direction is wildcarded, this source can be used
|
|
|
|
* as the base image for an icon in any #GtkTextDirection.
|
|
|
|
* If the text direction is not wildcarded, then the
|
|
|
|
* text direction the icon source applies to should be set
|
|
|
|
* with gtk_icon_source_set_direction(), and the icon source
|
|
|
|
* will only be used with that text direction.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* #GtkIconSet prefers non-wildcarded sources (exact matches) over
|
|
|
|
* wildcarded sources, and will use an exact match when possible.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
**/
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_source_set_direction_wildcarded (GtkIconSource *source,
|
|
|
|
gboolean setting)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (source != NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
source->any_direction = setting != FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_source_set_state_wildcarded:
|
|
|
|
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
|
|
|
|
* @setting: %TRUE to wildcard the widget state
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* If the widget state is wildcarded, this source can be used as the
|
|
|
|
* base image for an icon in any #GtkStateType. If the widget state
|
|
|
|
* is not wildcarded, then the state the source applies to should be
|
|
|
|
* set with gtk_icon_source_set_state() and the icon source will
|
|
|
|
* only be used with that specific state.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* #GtkIconSet prefers non-wildcarded sources (exact matches) over
|
|
|
|
* wildcarded sources, and will use an exact match when possible.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* #GtkIconSet will normally transform wildcarded source images to
|
|
|
|
* produce an appropriate icon for a given state, for example
|
|
|
|
* lightening an image on prelight, but will not modify source images
|
|
|
|
* that match exactly.
|
|
|
|
**/
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_source_set_state_wildcarded (GtkIconSource *source,
|
|
|
|
gboolean setting)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (source != NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
source->any_state = setting != FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_source_set_size_wildcarded:
|
|
|
|
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
|
|
|
|
* @setting: %TRUE to wildcard the widget state
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* If the icon size is wildcarded, this source can be used as the base
|
|
|
|
* image for an icon of any size. If the size is not wildcarded, then
|
|
|
|
* the size the source applies to should be set with
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_source_set_size() and the icon source will only be used
|
|
|
|
* with that specific size.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* #GtkIconSet prefers non-wildcarded sources (exact matches) over
|
|
|
|
* wildcarded sources, and will use an exact match when possible.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* #GtkIconSet will normally scale wildcarded source images to produce
|
|
|
|
* an appropriate icon at a given size, but will not change the size
|
|
|
|
* of source images that match exactly.
|
|
|
|
**/
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_source_set_size_wildcarded (GtkIconSource *source,
|
|
|
|
gboolean setting)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (source != NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
source->any_size = setting != FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_source_get_size_wildcarded:
|
|
|
|
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Gets the value set by gtk_icon_source_set_size_wildcarded().
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Return value: %TRUE if this icon source is a base for any icon size variant
|
|
|
|
**/
|
|
|
|
gboolean
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_source_get_size_wildcarded (const GtkIconSource *source)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (source != NULL, TRUE);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return source->any_size;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_source_get_state_wildcarded:
|
|
|
|
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Gets the value set by gtk_icon_source_set_state_wildcarded().
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Return value: %TRUE if this icon source is a base for any widget state variant
|
|
|
|
**/
|
|
|
|
gboolean
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_source_get_state_wildcarded (const GtkIconSource *source)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (source != NULL, TRUE);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return source->any_state;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_source_get_direction_wildcarded:
|
|
|
|
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Gets the value set by gtk_icon_source_set_direction_wildcarded().
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Return value: %TRUE if this icon source is a base for any text direction variant
|
|
|
|
**/
|
|
|
|
gboolean
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_source_get_direction_wildcarded (const GtkIconSource *source)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (source != NULL, TRUE);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return source->any_direction;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_source_set_direction:
|
|
|
|
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
|
|
|
|
* @direction: text direction this source applies to
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Sets the text direction this icon source is intended to be used
|
|
|
|
* with.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Setting the text direction on an icon source makes no difference
|
|
|
|
* if the text direction is wildcarded. Therefore, you should usually
|
|
|
|
* call gtk_icon_source_set_direction_wildcarded() to un-wildcard it
|
|
|
|
* in addition to calling this function.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
**/
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_source_set_direction (GtkIconSource *source,
|
|
|
|
GtkTextDirection direction)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (source != NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
source->direction = direction;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_source_set_state:
|
|
|
|
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
|
|
|
|
* @state: widget state this source applies to
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Sets the widget state this icon source is intended to be used
|
|
|
|
* with.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Setting the widget state on an icon source makes no difference
|
|
|
|
* if the state is wildcarded. Therefore, you should usually
|
|
|
|
* call gtk_icon_source_set_state_wildcarded() to un-wildcard it
|
|
|
|
* in addition to calling this function.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
**/
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_source_set_state (GtkIconSource *source,
|
|
|
|
GtkStateType state)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (source != NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
source->state = state;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_source_set_size:
|
|
|
|
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
|
|
|
|
* @size: icon size this source applies to
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Sets the icon size this icon source is intended to be used
|
|
|
|
* with.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Setting the icon size on an icon source makes no difference
|
|
|
|
* if the size is wildcarded. Therefore, you should usually
|
|
|
|
* call gtk_icon_source_set_size_wildcarded() to un-wildcard it
|
|
|
|
* in addition to calling this function.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
**/
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_source_set_size (GtkIconSource *source,
|
|
|
|
GtkIconSize size)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
g_return_if_fail (source != NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
source->size = size;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_source_get_direction:
|
|
|
|
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Obtains the text direction this icon source applies to. The return
|
|
|
|
* value is only useful/meaningful if the text direction is NOT
|
|
|
|
* wildcarded.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Return value: text direction this source matches
|
|
|
|
**/
|
|
|
|
GtkTextDirection
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_source_get_direction (const GtkIconSource *source)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (source != NULL, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return source->direction;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_source_get_state:
|
|
|
|
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Obtains the widget state this icon source applies to. The return
|
|
|
|
* value is only useful/meaningful if the widget state is NOT
|
|
|
|
* wildcarded.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Return value: widget state this source matches
|
|
|
|
**/
|
|
|
|
GtkStateType
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_source_get_state (const GtkIconSource *source)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (source != NULL, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return source->state;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* gtk_icon_source_get_size:
|
|
|
|
* @source: a #GtkIconSource
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Obtains the icon size this source applies to. The return value
|
|
|
|
* is only useful/meaningful if the icon size is NOT wildcarded.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Return value: icon size this source matches.
|
|
|
|
**/
|
|
|
|
GtkIconSize
|
|
|
|
gtk_icon_source_get_size (const GtkIconSource *source)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
g_return_val_if_fail (source != NULL, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return source->size;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Note that the logical maximum is 20 per GtkTextDirection, so we could
|
|
|
|
* eventually set this to >20 to never throw anything out.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#define NUM_CACHED_ICONS 8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
typedef struct _CachedIcon CachedIcon;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct _CachedIcon
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* These must all match to use the cached pixbuf.
|
|
|
|
* If any don't match, we must re-render the pixbuf.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
GtkStyle *style;
|
|
|
|
GtkTextDirection direction;
|
|
|
|
GtkStateType state;
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
GtkIconSize size;
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GdkPixbuf *pixbuf;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
ensure_cache_up_to_date (GtkIconSet *icon_set)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (icon_set->cache_serial != cache_serial)
|
|
|
|
clear_cache (icon_set, TRUE);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
cached_icon_free (CachedIcon *icon)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (icon->pixbuf));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_free (icon);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static GdkPixbuf *
|
|
|
|
find_in_cache (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
|
|
|
|
GtkStyle *style,
|
|
|
|
GtkTextDirection direction,
|
|
|
|
GtkStateType state,
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
GtkIconSize size)
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
GSList *tmp_list;
|
|
|
|
GSList *prev;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ensure_cache_up_to_date (icon_set);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
prev = NULL;
|
|
|
|
tmp_list = icon_set->cache;
|
|
|
|
while (tmp_list != NULL)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
CachedIcon *icon = tmp_list->data;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (icon->style == style &&
|
|
|
|
icon->direction == direction &&
|
|
|
|
icon->state == state &&
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
icon->size == size)
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (prev)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* Move this icon to the front of the list. */
|
|
|
|
prev->next = tmp_list->next;
|
|
|
|
tmp_list->next = icon_set->cache;
|
|
|
|
icon_set->cache = tmp_list;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return icon->pixbuf;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
prev = tmp_list;
|
|
|
|
tmp_list = g_slist_next (tmp_list);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
add_to_cache (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
|
|
|
|
GtkStyle *style,
|
|
|
|
GtkTextDirection direction,
|
|
|
|
GtkStateType state,
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
GtkIconSize size,
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
GdkPixbuf *pixbuf)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
CachedIcon *icon;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ensure_cache_up_to_date (icon_set);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (pixbuf));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* We have to ref the style, since if the style was finalized
|
|
|
|
* its address could be reused by another style, creating a
|
|
|
|
* really weird bug
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (style)
|
|
|
|
g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (style));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
icon = g_new (CachedIcon, 1);
|
|
|
|
icon_set->cache = g_slist_prepend (icon_set->cache, icon);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
icon->style = style;
|
|
|
|
icon->direction = direction;
|
|
|
|
icon->state = state;
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
icon->size = size;
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
icon->pixbuf = pixbuf;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (icon->style)
|
|
|
|
attach_to_style (icon_set, icon->style);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (icon_set->cache_size >= NUM_CACHED_ICONS)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* Remove oldest item in the cache */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GSList *tmp_list;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tmp_list = icon_set->cache;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Find next-to-last link */
|
|
|
|
g_assert (NUM_CACHED_ICONS > 2);
|
|
|
|
while (tmp_list->next->next)
|
|
|
|
tmp_list = tmp_list->next;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_assert (tmp_list != NULL);
|
|
|
|
g_assert (tmp_list->next != NULL);
|
|
|
|
g_assert (tmp_list->next->next == NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Free the last icon */
|
|
|
|
icon = tmp_list->next->data;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_slist_free (tmp_list->next);
|
|
|
|
tmp_list->next = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cached_icon_free (icon);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
clear_cache (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
|
|
|
|
gboolean style_detach)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
GSList *tmp_list;
|
|
|
|
GtkStyle *last_style = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tmp_list = icon_set->cache;
|
|
|
|
while (tmp_list != NULL)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
CachedIcon *icon = tmp_list->data;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (style_detach)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* simple optimization for the case where the cache
|
|
|
|
* contains contiguous icons from the same style.
|
|
|
|
* it's safe to call detach_from_style more than
|
|
|
|
* once on the same style though.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (last_style != icon->style)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
detach_from_style (icon_set, icon->style);
|
|
|
|
last_style = icon->style;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cached_icon_free (icon);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tmp_list = g_slist_next (tmp_list);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_slist_free (icon_set->cache);
|
|
|
|
icon_set->cache = NULL;
|
|
|
|
icon_set->cache_size = 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static GSList*
|
|
|
|
copy_cache (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
|
|
|
|
GtkIconSet *copy_recipient)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
GSList *tmp_list;
|
|
|
|
GSList *copy = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ensure_cache_up_to_date (icon_set);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tmp_list = icon_set->cache;
|
|
|
|
while (tmp_list != NULL)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
CachedIcon *icon = tmp_list->data;
|
|
|
|
CachedIcon *icon_copy = g_new (CachedIcon, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*icon_copy = *icon;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (icon_copy->style)
|
|
|
|
attach_to_style (copy_recipient, icon_copy->style);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (icon_copy->pixbuf));
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-12 18:46:53 +00:00
|
|
|
icon_copy->size = icon->size;
|
Move more text widget headers into the private header list
2000-09-26 Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com>
* gtk/Makefile.am (gtk_private_h_sources): Move more text widget
headers into the private header list
* Makefile.am (pkgconfig_DATA): install pkg-config files
* configure.in: add pkg-config files
* gdk-2.0.pc.in, gdk-pixbuf.pc.in, gtk+-2.0.pc.in: pkg-config files
* gtk/gtkwindow.c (gtk_window_read_rcfiles): Invalidate
outstanding icon caches on theme change.
* gtk/gtkiconfactory.h, gtk/gtkiconfactory.c: New icon system. Three
important types:
(GtkIconSource): Specification for creating a pixbuf
appropriate for a direction/state/size triplet from
a source pixbuf or filename
(GtkIconSet): List of GtkIconSource objects that are used to
create the "same" icon (e.g. an OK button icon), and cache for
rendered icons
(GtkIconFactory): Hash from stock ID to GtkIconSet; used to look
up the icon set for a given stock ID. GTK maintains a stack of
GtkIconFactory to search, and applications or libraries can add
additional icon factories on top of the stack
* gtk/gtkrc.h, gtk/gtkrc.c: When loading an RcStyle, parse
the set of GtkIconSource specified for a given stock ID into
a GtkIconSet, and put the GtkIconSet into a GtkIconFactory for the
RcStyle, under the specified stock ID.
* gtk/gtkstyle.h, gtk/gtkstyle.c: Add a virtual function
render_icon used to derive a GdkPixbuf from a GtkIconSource.
This allows people to theme how prelight, insensitive, etc. are
done.
(gtk_style_lookup_icon_set): Look up a stock ID in the list of
icon factories for a style, and return the resulting
icon set if any.
(gtk_style_render_icon): Render an icon using the render_icon
method in the GtkStyleClass.
* gtk/gtkwidget.h, gtk/gtkwidget.c (gtk_widget_render_icon):
Use the style for a given widget to look up a stock ID, get the
icon set, and render an icon using the render_icon method
of the style
* gtk/gtkstock.h, gtk/gtkstock.c: Header with the GtkStockItem type
(contains information about a stock item), the built-in stock item
IDs, and functions to add/lookup stock items.
* gtk/stock-icons/*: Stock icons that come with GTK
* gtk/gtkbutton.h, gtk/gtkbutton.c (gtk_button_new_stock): Returns
a button based on a GtkStockItem
(gtk_button_new_accel): Takes a uline string and accel group, and
installs the accelerator.
* gtk/gtkimage.h, gtk/gtkimage.c: Make this into a generic
image-display widget.
2000-09-26 20:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
copy = g_slist_prepend (copy, icon_copy);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tmp_list = g_slist_next (tmp_list);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return g_slist_reverse (copy);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
attach_to_style (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
|
|
|
|
GtkStyle *style)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
GHashTable *table;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
table = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (style),
|
|
|
|
g_quark_try_string ("gtk-style-icon-sets"));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (table == NULL)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
table = g_hash_table_new (NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
|
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (style),
|
|
|
|
g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-style-icon-sets"),
|
|
|
|
table,
|
|
|
|
style_dnotify);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_hash_table_insert (table, icon_set, icon_set);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
detach_from_style (GtkIconSet *icon_set,
|
|
|
|
GtkStyle *style)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
GHashTable *table;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
table = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (style),
|
|
|
|
g_quark_try_string ("gtk-style-icon-sets"));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (table != NULL)
|
|
|
|
g_hash_table_remove (table, icon_set);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
iconsets_foreach (gpointer key,
|
|
|
|
gpointer value,
|
|
|
|
gpointer user_data)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
GtkIconSet *icon_set = key;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* We only need to remove cache entries for the given style;
|
|
|
|
* but that complicates things because in destroy notify
|
|
|
|
* we don't know which style got destroyed, and 95% of the
|
|
|
|
* time all cache entries will have the same style,
|
|
|
|
* so this is faster anyway.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
clear_cache (icon_set, FALSE);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
style_dnotify (gpointer data)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
GHashTable *table = data;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_hash_table_foreach (table, iconsets_foreach, NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_hash_table_destroy (table);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* This allows the icon set to detect that its cache is out of date. */
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
_gtk_icon_set_invalidate_caches (void)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
++cache_serial;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2001-05-25 20:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
listify_foreach (gpointer key, gpointer value, gpointer data)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
GSList **list = data;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*list = g_slist_prepend (*list, key);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static GSList *
|
|
|
|
g_hash_table_get_keys (GHashTable *table)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
GSList *list = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
g_hash_table_foreach (table, listify_foreach, &list);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return list;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
* _gtk_icon_factory_list_ids:
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Gets all known IDs stored in an existing icon factory.
|
|
|
|
* The strings in the returned list aren't copied.
|
|
|
|
* The list itself should be freed.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Return value: List of ids in icon factories
|
|
|
|
**/
|
|
|
|
GSList*
|
|
|
|
_gtk_icon_factory_list_ids (void)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
GSList *tmp_list;
|
|
|
|
GSList *ids;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ids = NULL;
|
2001-05-25 22:08:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ensure_default_icons ();
|
2001-05-25 20:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tmp_list = all_icon_factories;
|
|
|
|
while (tmp_list != NULL)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
GSList *these_ids;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GtkIconFactory *factory = GTK_ICON_FACTORY (tmp_list->data);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
these_ids = g_hash_table_get_keys (factory->icons);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ids = g_slist_concat (ids, these_ids);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tmp_list = g_slist_next (tmp_list);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return ids;
|
|
|
|
}
|